HFC Series Air Gripper (Parallel Open/Close Style)

Specifications: HFCY50 is an AirTAC 50 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 50 50 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 17 / 11 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 204 / 187 N Combined opening/closing travel 12 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC50 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY50 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 3 B 70 C 10 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 18 CB 24 D 4 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 10 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 14 EC 5 J 5.5 JA 9.5 JB 12 JC 62 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 28 KD 31 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 62 N 52 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 21 UA 17 UB 11 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 541.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY63 is an AirTAC 63 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 63 63 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 23 / 15 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 359 / 335 N Combined opening/closing travel 16 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC63 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY63 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 68 AB 4 B 86 C 12 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 24 CB 28 D 6 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 3 (+0.2/0) DB 11 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 17 EC 5.5 J 6.6 JA 11 JB 14 JC 76 K 5 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 5 KB 7 KC 34.5 KD 38 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 76 N 65 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 12 PB 24 UA 23 UB 15 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 954 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY32 is an AirTAC 32 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 32 32 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 12 / 8 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 82 / 74 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY32 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 45 AB 3 B 52 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 14 CB 20 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 11 EC 4.5 J 4.5 JA 8 JB 9 JC 44 K 3 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 3 KB 5 KC 19.5 KD 22 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 44 N 34 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 8.5 PB 16 UA 12 UB 8 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 240.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI16 is an AirTAC 16 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 16 16 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 14 / 10 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 23 / 21 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI16 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 35 AB 3 B 30 C 5 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 8 CB 10 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 4 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 6 EC 2 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 18 JD 16 K 2 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 2 KB 3 KC 11 KD 12.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 18 LC 16 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 10 UA 14 UB 10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each M3 gripper opening/closing port when exact 4×2.5 mm tube is selected PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadSeparate inline meter-out control in each gripper chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system BKC0425-M3 connects exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube to each M3×0.5 gripper port; it is a locking-cap fitting, not a push-in connector. Insert fully and tighten the cap, matching the actual port seal. No supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 inline in each chamber line with its flow symbol restricting gripper-to-valve exhaust and allowing free charging. PC4M5 belongs at the separate M5 valve ports and does not fit the gripper's M3 threads. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The BKC fitting is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; PSA4 is rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. With the selected valve and tube, this branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating. The 0°C branch minimum comes from BKC and does not change the gripper body's −20°C rating. PSA4 has two 4 mm tube ends and no male pipe thread; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The selected 5V100 valve itself is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 60 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI20 is an AirTAC 20 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 20 20 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 16 / 12 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 42 / 37 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI20 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 39 AB 3 B 36 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 10 CB 12 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 5 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 7 EC 2.5 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 24 JD 18 K 2 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 2 KB 3 KC 13 KD 14.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 24 LC 18 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7 PB 13 UA 16 UB 12 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 97 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI25 is an AirTAC 25 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 25 25 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 20 / 14 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 71 / 63 N Combined opening/closing travel 6 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI25 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 41 AB 3 B 42 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 12 CB 14 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 6 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 8 EC 3 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 26 JD 22 K 3 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 3 KB 5 KC 14.5 KD 17 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 26 LC 22 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 14.5 UA 20 UB 14 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 138.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI32 is an AirTAC 32 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 32 32 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 24 / 16 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 123 / 111 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI32 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 45 AB 3 B 55 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 14 CB 20 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 11 EC 4.5 J 4.2 JA 8 JB 9 JC 38 JD 25 K 3 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 3 KB 5 KC 20.5 KD 23 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 38 LC 25 N 34 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 8.5 PB 16 UA 24 UB 16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 257 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI40 is an AirTAC 40 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 40 40 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 28 / 20 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 195 / 177 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI40 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 49 AB 3 B 62 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 16 CB 21 D 3 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 12 EC 4.5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 9 JC 44 JD 28 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 23.5 KD 26.5 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 44 LC 28 N 42 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 17.5 UA 28 UB 20 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 355 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI50 is an AirTAC 50 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 50 50 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 34 / 22 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 306 / 280 N Combined opening/closing travel 12 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC50 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI50 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 3 B 70 C 10 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 18 CB 24 D 4 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 10 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 14 EC 5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 12 JC 52 JD 34 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 28 KD 31 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 52 LC 34 N 52 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 21 UA 34 UB 22 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 524.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCI63 is an AirTAC 63 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper I Two jaws 63 63 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 2 Open / closed drawing spans 46 / 30 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 537 / 502 N Combined opening/closing travel 16 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC63 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCI63 opening and closing curves for this 2-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 68 AB 4 B 86 C 12 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 24 CB 28 D 6 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 3 (+0.2/0) DB 11 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 17 EC 5.5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 14 JC 66 JD 38 K 5 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 5 KB 7 KC 34.5 KD 38 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 66 LC 38 N 65 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 12 PB 24 UA 46 UB 30 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 927.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX16 is an AirTAC 16 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 16 16 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 17 / 13 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 12 / 10 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX16 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 35 AB 3 B 30 C 5 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 8 CB 10 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 4 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 6 EC 2 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 18 JD 16 K 2 (+0.05/0) KA 2 KB 3 KC 11 KD 12.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 18 LC 16 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 10 UA 17 UB 13 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each M3 gripper opening/closing port when exact 4×2.5 mm tube is selected PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadSeparate inline meter-out control in each gripper chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system BKC0425-M3 connects exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube to each M3×0.5 gripper port; it is a locking-cap fitting, not a push-in connector. Insert fully and tighten the cap, matching the actual port seal. No supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 inline in each chamber line with its flow symbol restricting gripper-to-valve exhaust and allowing free charging. PC4M5 belongs at the separate M5 valve ports and does not fit the gripper's M3 threads. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The BKC fitting is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; PSA4 is rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. With the selected valve and tube, this branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating. The 0°C branch minimum comes from BKC and does not change the gripper body's −20°C rating. PSA4 has two 4 mm tube ends and no male pipe thread; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The selected 5V100 valve itself is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 65.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX20 is an AirTAC 20 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 20 20 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 19 / 15 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 21 / 19 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX20 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 39 AB 3 B 36 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 10 CB 12 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 5 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 7 EC 2.5 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 24 JD 18 K 2 (+0.05/0) KA 2 KB 3 KC 13 KD 14.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 24 LC 18 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7 PB 13 UA 19 UB 15 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 107 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX25 is an AirTAC 25 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 25 25 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 26 / 20 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 35 / 31 N Combined opening/closing travel 6 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX25 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 41 AB 3 B 42 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 12 CB 14 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 6 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 8 EC 3 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 26 JD 22 K 3 (+0.05/0) KA 3 KB 5 KC 14.5 KD 17 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 26 LC 22 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 14.5 UA 26 UB 20 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 154 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX32 is an AirTAC 32 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 32 32 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 28 / 20 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 61 / 55 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX32 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 45 AB 3 B 55 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 14 CB 20 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 11 EC 4.5 J 4.2 JA 8 JB 9 JC 38 JD 25 K 3 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 3 KB 5 KC 20.5 KD 23 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 38 LC 25 N 34 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 8.5 PB 16 UA 28 UB 20 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 284 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX40 is an AirTAC 40 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 40 40 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 32 / 24 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 97 / 88 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX40 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 49 AB 3 B 62 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 16 CB 21 D 3 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 12 EC 4.5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 9 JC 44 JD 28 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 23.5 KD 26.5 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 44 LC 28 N 42 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 17.5 UA 32 UB 24 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 388 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX50 is an AirTAC 50 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 50 50 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 38 / 26 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 153 / 140 N Combined opening/closing travel 12 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC50 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX50 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 3 B 70 C 10 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 18 CB 24 D 4 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 10 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 14 EC 5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 12 JC 52 JD 34 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 28 KD 31 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 52 LC 34 N 52 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 21 UA 38 UB 26 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 573 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCX63 is an AirTAC 63 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper X Four jaws 63 63 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 4 Open / closed drawing spans 51 / 35 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 268 / 251 N Combined opening/closing travel 16 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC63 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCX63 opening and closing curves for this 4-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 68 AB 4 B 86 C 12 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 24 CB 28 D 6 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 3 (+0.2/0) DB 11 E M5×0.8 EA 9 EB 17 EC 5.5 J 5.2 JA 9.5 JB 14 JC 66 JD 38 K 5 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 5 KB 7 KC 34.5 KD 38 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 66 LC 38 N 65 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 12 PB 24 UA 51 UB 35 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1027.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY16 is an AirTAC 16 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 16 16 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 7 / 5 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 16 / 14 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY16 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 35 AB 3 B 30 C 5 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 8 CB 10 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 4 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 6 EC 2 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 25 K 2 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 2 KB 3 KC 11 KD 12.5 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 25 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 10 UA 7 UB 5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each M3 gripper opening/closing port when exact 4×2.5 mm tube is selected PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadSeparate inline meter-out control in each gripper chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system BKC0425-M3 connects exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube to each M3×0.5 gripper port; it is a locking-cap fitting, not a push-in connector. Insert fully and tighten the cap, matching the actual port seal. No supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 inline in each chamber line with its flow symbol restricting gripper-to-valve exhaust and allowing free charging. PC4M5 belongs at the separate M5 valve ports and does not fit the gripper's M3 threads. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The BKC fitting is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; PSA4 is rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. With the selected valve and tube, this branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating. The 0°C branch minimum comes from BKC and does not change the gripper body's −20°C rating. PSA4 has two 4 mm tube ends and no male pipe thread; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The selected 5V100 valve itself is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 60.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY20 is an AirTAC 20 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 20 20 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 8 / 6 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 28 / 25 N Combined opening/closing travel 4 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY20 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 39 AB 3 B 36 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 10 CB 12 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 5 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 7 EC 2.5 J 3.4 JA 6 JB 6 JC 29 K 2 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 2 KB 3 KC 13 KD 14.5 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 29 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7 PB 13 UA 8 UB 6 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 99 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY25 is an AirTAC 25 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 25 25 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 120 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 10 / 7 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 47 / 42 N Combined opening/closing travel 6 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 20 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY25 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 20 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 41 AB 3 B 42 C 6 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 12 CB 14 D 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 6 E M3×0.5 EA 5 EB 8 EC 3 J 4.5 JA 8 JB 9 JC 34 K 3 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 3 KB 5 KC 14.5 KD 17 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 34 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 14.5 UA 10 UB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 139.5 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: HFCY40 is an AirTAC 40 mm parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFC Double-acting parallel gripper Y Three jaws 40 40 mm nominal bore Design and operating features Wedge drive produces gripping force in a compact cylindrical body. A front piston bumper reduces metallic impact noise when the fingers release. Rear locating holes support repeatable fixture alignment; jaw count and bore select the appropriate drawing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Number of jaws 3 Open / closed drawing spans 14 / 10 mm Opening / closing force, one jaw 130 / 118 N Combined opening/closing travel 8 mm Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa; gripping point L = 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFC40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Use the HFCY40 opening and closing curves for this 3-jaw configuration. Force and travel from a different jaw count are not interchangeable. The tabulated point is at 0.5 MPa and L = 30 mm; the curves are required for other gripping lengths. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 49 AB 3 B 62 C 8 (−0.01/−0.03) CA 16 CB 21 D 3 (+0.04/+0.01) DA 2 (+0.2/0) DB 9 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 12 EC 4.5 J 5.5 JA 9.5 JB 9 JC 53 K 4 (+0.04/+0.01) KA 4 KB 6 KC 23.5 KD 26.5 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 53 N 42 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 17.5 UA 14 UB 10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 2 O-ring NBR 3 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 4 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 5 Magnet pad NBR 6 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron / plastic 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Rod seal NBR 9 Phillips screw Stainless steel 10 Cover plate Stainless steel 11 Piston rod Stainless steel 12 Jaw Stainless steel 13 Bumper TPU 14 Piston Aluminum alloy 15 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 16 Body Aluminum alloy Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFC gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFC body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFC-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. For this gripper and listed components, keep the branch within 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 363 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less